blob: a1c170cf2846c79f205dcea7451563d3455e383a [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
101 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
102 // FIXME: function calls for later.
103 if (!MD)
104 return;
105 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
106 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
107 // skip over named parameters.
108 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
109 unsigned int i = 0;
110 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
111 if (nullPos)
112 --nullPos;
113 else
114 ++i;
115 }
116 if (P != E || i >= NumArgs) {
117 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
118 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here);
119 return;
120 }
121 int sentinel = i;
122 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
123 --sentinelPos;
124 ++i;
125 }
126 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
127 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
128 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here);
129 return;
130 }
131 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
132 ++i;
133 ++sentinel;
134 }
135 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
136 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
137 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel);
139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here);
140 }
141 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000142}
143
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000144SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
145 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
146 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
147}
148
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000149//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
150// Standard Promotions and Conversions
151//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
152
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000153/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
154void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
155 QualType Ty = E->getType();
156 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
157
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000158 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
159 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000160 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
161 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
162 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
163 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
164 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
165 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
166 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000167 //
168 // C++ 4.2p1:
169 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
170 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
171 //
172 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
173 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000174 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
175 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176}
177
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000178/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
179/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
180///
181/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
182/// promotion occurs.
183static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000184 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
185 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000186 return QualType();
187
188 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
189 if (!BT)
190 return QualType();
191
192 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
193 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
194 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
195 return QualType();
196
197 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
198 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
199 return QualType();
200
201 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
202 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
203 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
204 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
205 return Context.IntTy;
206
207 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
208 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
209
210 return QualType();
211}
212
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000213/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
214/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
215/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
216/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
217/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
218Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
219 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
220 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
221
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000222 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
223 //
224 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
225 // unsigned int may be used:
226 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
227 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
228 // and unsigned int.
229 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
230 //
231 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
232 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
233 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
234 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
235 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000237 return Expr;
238 } else {
239 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
240 if (!T.isNull()) {
241 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
242 return Expr;
243 }
244 }
245
246 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000247 return Expr;
248}
249
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000250/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
251/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
252/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
253void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
254 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
255 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
256
257 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
258 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
259 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
260 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
261
262 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
263}
264
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000265/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
266/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
267/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
268/// completely illegal.
269bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000270 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
271
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
273 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
274 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
275 << Expr->getType() << CT;
276 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278
279 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
281 << Expr->getType() << CT;
282
283 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284}
285
286
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
288/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
289/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
290/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
291/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
292/// GCC.
293QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
294 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000295 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000296 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000297
298 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000299
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
301 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000302 QualType lhs =
303 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
304 QualType rhs =
305 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
307 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
308 if (lhs == rhs)
309 return lhs;
310
311 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
312 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
313 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
314 return lhs;
315
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000316 // Perform bitfield promotions.
317 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
318 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
319 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
320 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
321 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
322 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
323
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000324 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000325 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000326 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000327 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000328 return destType;
329}
330
331QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
332 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
333 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
334 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
335 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
336 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000337 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
338 lhs = Context.IntTy;
339 else
340 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
341 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
342 rhs = Context.IntTy;
343 else
344 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000346 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
347 if (lhs == rhs)
348 return lhs;
349
350 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
351 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
352 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
353 return lhs;
354
355 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
356
357 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
358 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
359 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
360 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
361 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000362 return lhs;
363 }
364 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
365 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000366 return rhs;
367 }
368 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
369 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
370 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
371 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
372 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
373 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
374 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
375 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
376 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
377 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
378 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
379
380 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
381 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000382 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
383 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000384 }
385 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
386 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
387 // does not require this promotion.
388 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
389 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000390 return rhs;
391 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000392 return lhs;
393 }
394 }
395 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
396 }
397 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
398 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
399 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000400 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000401 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000402 return lhs;
403 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000404 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
405 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
406 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
407 }
408 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000410 return rhs;
411 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000412 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
413 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
414 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
415 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000416 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
417 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
418 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000419 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000420 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000421 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
422 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 }
424 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
425 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
426 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
427 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
428
429 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
430 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000431 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
432 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
435 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000436 return lhs;
437 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
438 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000439 return rhs;
440 }
441 }
442 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
443 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
444 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
445 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
446 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
447 QualType destType;
448 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
449 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
450 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
451 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
452 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
453 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
454 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
455 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
456 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
457 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
458 // use the signed type.
459 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
460 } else {
461 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
462 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
463 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
464 // to the signed type.
465 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
466 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000467 return destType;
468}
469
470//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
471// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
472//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
473
474
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000475/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000476/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
477/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
478/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
479/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000480///
481Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000482Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000483 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
484
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000485 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000486 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000487 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000488
489 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
490 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
491 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000492
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000493 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000494 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000495 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000496
497 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
498 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
499 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000500
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000501 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
502 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
503 // strings.
504 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000505 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000506 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000507
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000508 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000509 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
510 Literal.GetStringLength(),
511 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
512 &StringTokLocs[0],
513 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000514}
515
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000516/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
517/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
518/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
519/// for values inside the block or for globals).
520///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000521/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
522/// up-to-date.
523///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000524static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
525 ValueDecl *VD) {
526 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
527 // we wanted to.
528 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
529 return false;
530
531 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
532 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
533 return false;
534
535 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
536 // snapshot it.
537 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
538 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000539 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
540 return false;
541
542 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
543 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
544
545 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
546 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
547 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
548 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
549 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
550 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
551 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
552 // having a reference outside it.
553 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
554 break;
555
556 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
557 // a snapshot as well.
558 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
559 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000560
561 return true;
562}
563
564
565
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000566/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000567/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000568/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000569/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000570/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000571Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
572 IdentifierInfo &II,
573 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000574 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
575 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
576 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000577 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000578}
579
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000580/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
581/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
582/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000583DeclRefExpr *
584Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
585 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
586 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000587 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000588 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
589 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000590 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000591 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000592 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000593}
594
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000595/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
596/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
597/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000598static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
599 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000600 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
601 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
602
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000603 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
605 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
606 // this even better.
607 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000608 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
609 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 D != DEnd; ++D) {
611 if (*D == Record) {
612 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
613 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
614 ++D;
615 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000616 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617 return *D;
618 }
619 }
620
621 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
622 return 0;
623}
624
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000625/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
626/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
627/// actual member.
628///
629/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
630/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
631/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
632/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
633/// we found.
634///
635/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
636/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
637/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
638VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
639 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000640 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
641 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
642 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
643
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000644 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000645 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
646 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
647 do {
648 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000649 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000651 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 else {
653 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
654 break;
655 }
656 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
657 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
658 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000659
660 return BaseObject;
661}
662
663Sema::OwningExprResult
664Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
665 FieldDecl *Field,
666 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
667 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
668 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
669 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
670 AnonFields);
671
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000672 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
673 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
674 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
675 // found via name lookup.
676 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
677 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
678 if (BaseObject) {
679 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
680 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000681 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000682 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000683 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 ExtraQuals
685 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
686 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
687 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
688 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
689 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
690 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
691 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
692 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
693 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
694 }
695 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
696 } else {
697 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
698 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
699 // program our base object expression is "this".
700 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
701 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
702 QualType AnonFieldType
703 = Context.getTagDeclType(
704 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
705 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
706 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
707 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
708 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
709 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000710 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000711 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
713 }
714 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000715 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
716 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 }
718 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
719 }
720
721 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
723 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000724 }
725
726 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
727 // anonymous struct/union.
728 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
729 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
730 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
731 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
732 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
733 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
734 unsigned combinedQualifiers
735 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
736 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
737 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000738 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
739 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000740 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
741 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000742 }
743
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000744 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000745}
746
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000747/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
748/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
749/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
750/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
751/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
752/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
753/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
754/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
755/// forms.
756///
757/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
758/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
759/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
760/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000761///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000762/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
763/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
764/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
765/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766Sema::OwningExprResult
767Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
768 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000769 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000770 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000771 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000772 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
773 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000774
775 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
776 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
777 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
778 // names a dependent type.
779 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000780 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
781 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000782 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000783 }
784
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000785 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
786 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000787
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000788 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
789 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
790 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
791 : SourceRange());
792 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000793 }
794
795 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000796
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000797 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
798 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
800 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000801 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
802 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000803 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
804 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
805 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000806 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000807 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000808 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000809 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
810 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000811 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000812 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
813 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000814
815 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
816 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
817 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
818 return ExprError();
819
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000820 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
821 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
822 // an error.
823 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
824 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
825 << IV->getDeclName());
826 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
827 // same name exists, use the global.
828 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000829 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
830 ClassDeclared != IFace)
831 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000832 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
833 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
834 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
835 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000836 return Owned(new (Context)
837 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000838 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000839 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 }
841 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000842 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
843 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
844 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000845 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000846 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
847 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000848 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
849 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000850 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000851 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000852 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000853 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000854 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000855 QualType T;
856
857 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
858 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
859 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
860 else
861 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000862 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000863 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000864 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000865
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000866 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
867 // argument-dependent lookup.
868 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
869 HasTrailingLParen;
870
871 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000872 // We've seen something of the form
873 //
874 // identifier(
875 //
876 // and we did not find any entity by the name
877 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
878 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
879 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
880 Context.OverloadTy,
881 Loc));
882 }
883
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000884 if (D == 0) {
885 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
886 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000887 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000888 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000889 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000890 else {
891 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
892 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000893 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
895 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000896 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
897 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000898 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
899 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000900 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000901 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000902 }
903 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000904
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000905 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
906 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
907 // not any specific instance's member.
908 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000909 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000910 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000911 QualType DType;
912 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
913 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
914 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
915 DType = Method->getType();
916 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
917 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
918 }
919 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
920 if (!DType.isNull()) {
921 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
922 // dependent.
923 bool Dependent = false;
924 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
925 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
926 if (DC->isRecord()) {
927 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
928 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
929 Dependent = true;
930 break;
931 }
932 }
933 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000934 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000935 }
936 }
937 }
938
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000939 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
940 // (C++ [class.union]).
941 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
942 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
943 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000945 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
946 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
947 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
948 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
949 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
950 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
951 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
952 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
953 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
954 QualType MemberType;
955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
956 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
957 MemberType = FD->getType();
958
959 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
960 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
961 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
962 unsigned combinedQualifiers
963 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
964 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
965 }
966 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
967 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
968 Ctx = Method->getParent();
969 MemberType = Method->getType();
970 }
971 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
972 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
973 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
974 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
975 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
976 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
977 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
978 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
979 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
980 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
981 break;
982 }
983 }
984 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000985
986 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
988 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
989 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
990 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
991 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
992 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000993 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000994 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000995 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000996 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000997 }
998 }
999 }
1000 }
1001
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001002 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001003 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1004 if (MD->isStatic())
1005 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1007 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001008 }
1009
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001010 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1011 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1012 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001013 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1014 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001015 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001018 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001019 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001020 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001021 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001022 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001023
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001024 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001025 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001026 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1027 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001028 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1029 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1030 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001031 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001032
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001033 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1034 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1035 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1036 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1037 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1038 return ExprError();
1039
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001040 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001041 // Warn about constructs like:
1042 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1043 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001044 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1045 Scope *CheckS = S;
1046 while (CheckS) {
1047 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001048 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001049 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1051 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001052 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1054 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001055 break;
1056 }
1057
1058 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1059 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1060 if (CheckS)
1061 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1062 }
1063 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001064 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1065 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1066 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1067 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1068 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1069 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1070 // type.
1071 QualType T = Func->getType();
1072 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001073 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1074 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001075 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1076 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001077 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001078
1079 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1080 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081 return ExprError();
1082
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001083 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1084 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1085 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1086 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001087 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001088 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1089 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1090 //
1091 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001092 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001093 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1094 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001095 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001096
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001097 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001098 ExprTy.addConst();
1099 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001100 }
1101 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1102 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001103
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001104 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001105 bool ValueDependent = false;
1106 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1107 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1108 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1109 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1110 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1111 TypeDependent = true;
1112 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1113 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1114 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1115 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1116 TypeDependent = true;
1117 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1118 // names a dependent type.
1119 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001120 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001121 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1122 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001123 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001124 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1125 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1126 TypeDependent = true;
1127 break;
1128 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001129 }
1130 }
1131 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001132
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001133 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1134 //
1135 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1136 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1137 if (TypeDependent)
1138 ValueDependent = true;
1139 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1140 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1141 ValueDependent = true;
1142 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1143 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1144 // (FIXME!).
1145 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001146
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1148 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001149}
1150
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1152 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001153 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001154
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001155 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001156 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001157 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1158 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1159 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001160 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001161
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001162 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1163 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001164 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001165 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1166 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001167 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1168 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1169 else {
1170 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1171 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1172 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1173 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174
1175
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001176 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001177 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001178 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001179 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001180}
1181
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001183 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1184 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1185 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1186 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001188 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1189 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1190 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001192
1193 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1194
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001195 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1196 Literal.isWide(),
1197 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001198}
1199
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1201 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001202 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1203 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001204 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001205 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001206 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001207 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001208 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001209
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001210 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001211 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1212 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001213 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001214
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001215 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1216 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001217
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001218 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1219 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1220 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001221 return ExprError();
1222
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001223 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001225 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001226 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001227 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001228 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001229 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001230 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001231 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001232 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001233
1234 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1235
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001236 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1237 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001238 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1239 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001240
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001241 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001243 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001244 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001245
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001246 // long long is a C99 feature.
1247 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001248 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001249 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1250
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001251 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001252 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1255 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1256 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1258 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001259 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260 } else {
1261 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1262 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001264 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1265 // be an unsigned int.
1266 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1267
1268 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001269 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001270 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1271 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001272 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001273
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1275 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1276 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1277 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001278 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001279 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001280 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001281 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001283 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001285 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001287 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001288
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1290 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1291 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1292 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001294 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001295 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001296 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001297 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001298 }
1299
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001300 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001302 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1305 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1306 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1307 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001309 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001310 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001312 }
1313 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001315 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1316 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001317 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001318 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001319 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001320 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001321 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001322
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1324 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001325 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001326 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001329 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1330 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001331 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1332 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001333
1334 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001335}
1336
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001337Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1338 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001339 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001340 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001341 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001342}
1343
1344/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1345/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001346bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001347 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1348 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1349 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001350 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1351 return false;
1352
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001353 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001354 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001355 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001356 if (isSizeof)
1357 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1358 return false;
1359 }
1360
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001361 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001362 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001363 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1364 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001365 return false;
1366 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001367
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001368 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1369 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1370 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1371 ExprRange))
1372 return true;
1373
1374 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001375 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001377 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1378 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001379 }
1380
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001381 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001382}
1383
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001384bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1385 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1386 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001387
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001388 // alignof decl is always ok.
1389 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1390 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001391
1392 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1393 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1394 return false;
1395
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001396 if (E->getBitField()) {
1397 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1398 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001399 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001400
1401 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1402 // bit-field.
1403 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1404 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1405 return false;
1406
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001407 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1408}
1409
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001410/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1411Action::OwningExprResult
1412Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1413 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1414 if (T.isNull())
1415 return ExprError();
1416
1417 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1418 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1419 return ExprError();
1420
1421 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1422 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1423 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1424 R.getEnd()));
1425}
1426
1427/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1428/// operand.
1429Action::OwningExprResult
1430Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1431 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1432 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1433 bool isInvalid = false;
1434 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1435 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1436 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1437 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001438 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1440 isInvalid = true;
1441 } else {
1442 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1443 }
1444
1445 if (isInvalid)
1446 return ExprError();
1447
1448 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1449 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1450 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1451 R.getEnd()));
1452}
1453
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001454/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1455/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1456/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001457Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001458Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1459 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001460 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001462
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001463 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001464 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1465 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1466 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001467
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001468 // Get the end location.
1469 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1470 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1471 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1472
1473 if (Result.isInvalid())
1474 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1475
1476 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001477}
1478
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001479QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001480 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1481 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001482
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001483 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001484 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1485 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001486
1487 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1488 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1489 return V->getType();
1490
1491 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1493 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001494 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001495}
1496
1497
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001498
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001499Action::OwningExprResult
1500Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1501 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1502 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001503
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001504 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1505 switch (Kind) {
1506 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1507 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1508 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1509 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001511 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1512 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1513 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001515 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1516
1517 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1518 //
1519 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1520 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1521 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1522 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1523 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1524 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1525 // argument will have value zero.
1526 Expr *Args[2] = {
1527 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001528 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1529 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 };
1531
1532 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1533 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001534 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001535
1536 // Perform overload resolution.
1537 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1538 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1539 case OR_Success: {
1540 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1541 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1542
1543 if (FnDecl) {
1544 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1545 // operator.
1546
1547 // Convert the arguments.
1548 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1549 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001550 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551 } else {
1552 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001553 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001554 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1555 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001557 }
1558
1559 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001561 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1562 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001563
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001564 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001565 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001566 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001567 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1568
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001569 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001570 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1571 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1572 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 } else {
1574 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1575 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1576 // operator node.
1577 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1578 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580
1581 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001583 }
1584
1585 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1586 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1587 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1588 break;
1589
1590 case OR_Ambiguous:
1591 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1592 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1593 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1594 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001595 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001596
1597 case OR_Deleted:
1598 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1599 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1600 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1601 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1602 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1603 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604 }
1605
1606 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1607 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1608 // build a built-in operation.
1609 }
1610
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001611 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1612 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001613 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001614 return ExprError();
1615 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001616 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001617}
1618
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619Action::OwningExprResult
1620Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1621 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1622 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1623 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001624
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001627 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1628 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1629 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001630 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1631 // to the candidate set.
1632 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1633 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001634 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1635 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001637 // Perform overload resolution.
1638 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1639 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1640 case OR_Success: {
1641 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1642 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1643
1644 if (FnDecl) {
1645 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1646 // operator.
1647
1648 // Convert the arguments.
1649 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1650 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1651 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1652 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1653 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001655 } else {
1656 // Convert the arguments.
1657 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1658 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1659 "passing") ||
1660 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1661 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1662 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001664 }
1665
1666 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001667 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001668 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1669 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001671 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001672 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1673 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001674 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1675
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 Base.release();
1677 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001678 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1679 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001680 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001681 } else {
1682 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1683 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1684 // operator node.
1685 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1686 "passing") ||
1687 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1688 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001689 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001690
1691 break;
1692 }
1693 }
1694
1695 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1696 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1697 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1698 break;
1699
1700 case OR_Ambiguous:
1701 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1702 << "[]"
1703 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1704 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001706
1707 case OR_Deleted:
1708 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1709 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1710 << "[]"
1711 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1712 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 }
1715
1716 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1717 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1718 // build a built-in operation.
1719 }
1720
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001721 // Perform default conversions.
1722 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1723 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001724
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001725 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1726
1727 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001728 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001729 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001730 // and index from the expression types.
1731 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1732 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001733 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1734 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1735 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1736 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1737 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001738 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1739 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001740 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001741 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001742 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1743 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1744 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001745 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001746 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1747 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001748 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001749
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001750 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1751 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001752 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1753 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1754 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1755 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1756 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1757 // force the promotion here.
1758 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1759 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1760 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1761 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1762
1763 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1764 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1765 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1766 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1767 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1768 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1769 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1770 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1771 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1772
1773 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1774 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1775 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001776 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001777 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1778 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001779 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001780 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001781 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001782 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1783 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001784
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001785 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1786 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1787 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1788 // incomplete types are not object types.
1789 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1790 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1791 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1792 return ExprError();
1793 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001794
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001795 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001796 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001797 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1798 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001799
1800 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1801 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1802 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1803 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1804 return ExprError();
1805 }
1806
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001807 Base.release();
1808 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001809 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001810 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001811}
1812
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001813QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001814CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001815 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001816 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001817
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001818 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1819 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001820
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001821 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001822 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1823 // to be selected.
1824 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001825
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001826 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1827 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1828 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001829
1830 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1831 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001832 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001833 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1834 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001835 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001836 do
1837 compStr++;
1838 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001839 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001840 do
1841 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001842 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001843 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001844
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001845 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001846 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1847 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1849 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001850 return QualType();
1851 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001852
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001853 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1854 // operates on.
1855 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1856 compStr = CompName.getName();
1857
1858 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001859 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001860
1861 while (*compStr) {
1862 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1863 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1864 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1865 return QualType();
1866 }
1867 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001868 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001869
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001870 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1871 // number of elements.
1872 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001874 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001875 return QualType();
1876 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001877
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001878 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001879 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001880 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001882 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001883 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1884 : CompName.getLength();
1885 if (HexSwizzle)
1886 CompSize--;
1887
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001888 if (CompSize == 1)
1889 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001890
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001891 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001892 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001893 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1894 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1895 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1896 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001897 }
1898 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001899}
1900
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001901static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1902 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001903 const Selector &Sel,
1904 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001905
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001906 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001907 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001908 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001909 return OMD;
1910
1911 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1912 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001913 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1914 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001915 return D;
1916 }
1917 return 0;
1918}
1919
1920static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1921 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001922 const Selector &Sel,
1923 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001924 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1925 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1926 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1927 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001928 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001929 GDecl = PD;
1930 break;
1931 }
1932 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001933 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001934 GDecl = OMD;
1935 break;
1936 }
1937 }
1938 if (!GDecl) {
1939 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1940 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1941 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001942 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001943 if (GDecl)
1944 return GDecl;
1945 }
1946 }
1947 return GDecl;
1948}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001949
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001950/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1951/// all base class implementations.
1952///
1953ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1954 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1955 const Selector &Sel) {
1956 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001957 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1958 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001959 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001960
1961 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1962 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1963 return Method;
1964}
1965
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001966Action::OwningExprResult
1967Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1968 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001969 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001970 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001971 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001972 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001973
1974 // Perform default conversions.
1975 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001976
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001977 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1978 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001979
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001980 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1981 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001982 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001983 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001984 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001985 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001986 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1987 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001988 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001989 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1990 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1991 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001992 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001993
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001994 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1995 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001996 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001997 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001998 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001999 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2000 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2001 return ExprError();
2002
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002003 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002004 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
2005 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002006 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002007 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002008 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002009
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002010 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002011 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2012 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002013 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002014 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2015 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2016 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002017 }
2018
2019 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002020
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002021 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2022 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2023 // error cases.
2024 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2025 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002026
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002027 // Check the use of this field
2028 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2029 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002030
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002031 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002032 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2033 // (C++ [class.union]).
2034 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002035 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002037
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002038 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2039 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002040 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002041 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2042 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2043 else {
2044 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2045 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002046 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002047 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2048 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2049 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002050
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002051 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2052 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002053 }
2054
2055 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002056 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002057 Var, MemberLoc,
2058 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2059 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002060 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002061 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2062 MemberFn->getType()));
2063 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2064 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002065 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002066 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2067 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002068 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2069 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002070 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002071 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2072 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002073
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002074 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2075 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2076 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002077 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2078 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2079 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002080 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002081
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002082 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2083 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002084 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002085 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002086 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2087 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002088 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002089 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2090 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2091 // error cases.
2092 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2093 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002094
2095 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2096 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2097 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002098 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2099 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002100 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2101 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2102 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002103 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2104 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2105 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2106 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
2107 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
2108 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
2109 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002110 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002111 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2112 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2113 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2114 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2115 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2116 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002117 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002119 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002120 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002121 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002122 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2123 }
2124 // @protected
2125 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2126 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2127 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002128
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002129 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002130 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002131 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002132 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002133 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2134 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2135 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002136 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002137
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002138 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2139 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2140 const PointerType *PTy;
2141 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2142 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2143 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2144 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002145
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002146 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002147 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2148 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002149 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2150 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2151 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002152 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2153 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2154 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002155 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2156 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002157 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002158 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2159 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002160
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002161 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002162 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2163 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002164 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2165 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002166 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2167 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2168 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002169
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002170 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002171 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2172 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002173
2174 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2175 // selector is implemented.
2176
2177 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2178 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2179
2180 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002181 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002182
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002183 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2184 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002185 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002186
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002187 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2188 if (!Getter) {
2189 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2190 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002191 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002192 }
2193 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002194 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002195 // Check if we can reference this property.
2196 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2197 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002198 }
2199 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2200 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2201 Selector SetterSel =
2202 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2203 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002204 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002205 if (!Setter) {
2206 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2207 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002208 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002209 }
2210 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2211 if (!Setter) {
2212 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2213 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002214 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002215 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002216 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002217
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002218 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2219 return ExprError();
2220
2221 if (Getter || Setter) {
2222 QualType PType;
2223
2224 if (Getter)
2225 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2226 else {
2227 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2228 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2229 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2230 }
2231 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2232 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2233 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2234 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002235 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2236 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002237 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002238 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2239 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2240 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2241 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002242 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002243 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002244 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002245 // Check the use of this declaration
2246 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2247 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002248
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002249 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002250 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2251 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002252 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002253 // Check the use of this method.
2254 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2255 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002256
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002257 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002258 OMD->getResultType(),
2259 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2260 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002261 }
2262 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002263
2264 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2265 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002266 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002267 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2268 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2269 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2270 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2271 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002272 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2273 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002274 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002275 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002276 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002277 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002278 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002279 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002280 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2281 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2282 Selector SetterSel =
2283 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2284 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002285 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002286 if (!Setter) {
2287 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2288 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002289 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002290 }
2291 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2292 if (!Setter) {
2293 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2294 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002295 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2300 return ExprError();
2301
2302 if (Getter || Setter) {
2303 QualType PType;
2304
2305 if (Getter)
2306 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2307 else {
2308 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2309 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2310 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2311 }
2312 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2313 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2314 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2315 }
2316 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2317 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002318 }
2319 }
2320
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002321 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002322 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002323 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2324 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002325 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002326 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002327 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002328 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002329
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002330 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2331 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2332
2333 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2334 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2335 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2336 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2337 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2338 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2339 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2340 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2341 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2342 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2343 }
2344
2345 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002346}
2347
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002348/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2349/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2350/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2351/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2352/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2353/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002354bool
2355Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002357 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002358 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2359 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002360 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002361 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2362 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2363 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002364 bool Invalid = false;
2365
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002366 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2367 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2368 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2369 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2370 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2371 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2372 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2373 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002374 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002375 }
2376
2377 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2378 // them.
2379 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2380 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2381 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2382 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2383 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2384 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2385 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2386 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002387 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002388 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002389 }
2390 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2391 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002392
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002393 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2394 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2395 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002396
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002397 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002398 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002399 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002400
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002401 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2402 ProtoArgType,
2403 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2404 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2405 return true;
2406
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002407 // Pass the argument.
2408 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2409 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002410 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002411 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002412 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002413 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002414
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002415 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2416 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002417
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002418 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2419 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002420 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2421 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2422 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2423 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2424 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2425
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002426 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2427 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2428 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002429 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002430 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2431 }
2432 }
2433
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002434 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435}
2436
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002437/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002438/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2439/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002440Action::OwningExprResult
2441Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2442 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002443 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002444 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002445 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002446 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002447 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002448 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002449 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002450
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002452 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002453 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002454 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2455 bool Dependent = false;
2456 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2457 Dependent = true;
2458 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2459 Dependent = true;
2460
2461 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002462 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002463 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2464
2465 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2466 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2467 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2468 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2469
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002470 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002471 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2472 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2473 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002474 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2475 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 }
2477
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002478 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002479 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002480 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2481 bool ADL = true;
2482 while (true) {
2483 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2484 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2485 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002486 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002487 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002488 ADL = false;
2489 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2490 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002491 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002492 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2493 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002494 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2495 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2496 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2497 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002498 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002499 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2500 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2501 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002502 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002503 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2504 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2505 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002506 break;
2507 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002508 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002509
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002510 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2511 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002512 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002513 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2514 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002515
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002516 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002517 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002518 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002519 ADL = false;
2520
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002521 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2522 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2523 ADL = false;
2524
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002525 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002526 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2527 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002528 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2529 if (!FDecl)
2530 return ExprError();
2531
2532 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2533 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002534 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002535 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002536 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2537 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2538 false, false,
2539 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2540 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002541 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002542 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002543 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2544 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2545 Fn = NewFn;
2546 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002547 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002548
2549 // Promote the function operand.
2550 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2551
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002552 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2553 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002554 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2555 Args, NumArgs,
2556 Context.BoolTy,
2557 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002558
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002559 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2560 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2561 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2562 // have type pointer to function".
2563 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2564 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002565 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2566 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002567 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2568 } else { // This is a block call.
2569 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2570 getAsFunctionType();
2571 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002572 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002573 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2574 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2575
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002576 // Check for a valid return type
2577 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2578 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2579 FuncT->getResultType(),
2580 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2581 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2582 return ExprError();
2583
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002584 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002585 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002586
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002587 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002588 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002589 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002590 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002591 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002592 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002593
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002594 if (FDecl) {
2595 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2596 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2597 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002598 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002599 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2600 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2601 }
2602
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002603 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002604 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2605 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2606 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002607 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2608 Arg->getType(),
2609 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2610 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2611 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002612 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002613 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002614 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002615
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002616 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2617 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002618 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2619 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002621 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002622 if (FDecl)
2623 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002624
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002625 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002626}
2627
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002628Action::OwningExprResult
2629Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2630 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002631 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002632 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2633 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002634 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002635 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002636
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002637 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002638 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002639 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2640 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002641 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002642 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2643 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002644 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002645
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002646 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002647 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002648 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002649
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002650 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002651 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002652 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002653 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002654 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002655 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002657 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002658}
2659
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002660Action::OwningExprResult
2661Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002662 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2663 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2664 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002665
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002666 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002667 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002668
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002669 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002670 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002671 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002672 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002673}
2674
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002675/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002676bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002677 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2678
2679 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2680 // type needs to be scalar.
2681 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2682 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002683 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2684 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002685 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002686 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2687 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2688 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2689 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002690 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002691 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2692 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2693 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2694 // GCC cast to union extension
2695 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2696 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002697 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002698 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2699 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2700 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2701 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2702 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2703 break;
2704 }
2705 }
2706 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2707 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2708 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2709 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002710 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002711 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002712 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002713 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002715 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002716 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2717 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002718 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002719 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2720 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2721 return true;
2722 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2723 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2724 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002725 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002726 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002727 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2728 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2729 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2730 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2731 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2732 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2733 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2734 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2735 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2736 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2737 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002738 }
2739 return false;
2740}
2741
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002742bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002743 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002744
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002745 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002746 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002747 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002748 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002749 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002750 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002751 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002752 } else
2753 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002754 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002755 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002756
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002757 return false;
2758}
2759
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002760Action::OwningExprResult
2761Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2762 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2763 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2764 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002765
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002766 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002767 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2768
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002769 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002770 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002771 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002772 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002773}
2774
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002775/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2776/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002777/// C99 6.5.15
2778QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2779 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002780 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2781 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2782 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2783
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002784 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2785 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2786 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2787 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2788 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2789 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002790
2791 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002792 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2793 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2794 << CondTy;
2795 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002796 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002797
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002798 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002799
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002800 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2801 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002802 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2803 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2804 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002805 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002806
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002807 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2808 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002809 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2810 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002811 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002812 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002813 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002814 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002815 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002816 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002817
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002818 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002819 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002820 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2821 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2822 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2823 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2824 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2825 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2826 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2827 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2828 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002829 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002830 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002831 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2832 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002833 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2834 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2835 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2836 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2837 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002838 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002839 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2840 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2841 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2842 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2843 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002844 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002845
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002846 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2847 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2848 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2849 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2850
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002851 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2852 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002853 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2854 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002855 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2856 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2857 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2858 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002859
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002860 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2861 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2862 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2863 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2864 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2865 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2866 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2867 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2868 return destType;
2869 }
2870 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2871 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2872 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2873 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2874 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2875 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2876 return destType;
2877 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002878
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002879 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2880 if (sameKind
2881 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2882 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2883 return LHSTy;
2884 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002886 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002887
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002888 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2889 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2890 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2891 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2892 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2893 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2894 // type. This allows
2895 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2896 // where B is a subclass of A.
2897 //
2898 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2899 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2900 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2901 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002902
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002903 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2904 // It could return the composite type.
2905 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2906 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2907 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2908 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2909 compositeType = LHSTy;
2910 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2911 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2912 compositeType = RHSTy;
2913 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2914 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2915 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2916 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2917 if (!sameKind
2918 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2919 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2920 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2921 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2922 return QualType();
2923 } else {
2924 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2925 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2926 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2927 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002928 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2929 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002930 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002931 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002932 } else if (!sameKind
2933 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2934 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
2935 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2936 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2937 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2938 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2939 // to get a consistent AST.
2940 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2941 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2942 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
2943 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002944 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002945 // The pointer types are compatible.
2946 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2947 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2948 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2949 // type.
2950 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
2951 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
2952 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2953 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
2954 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002955 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002956
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002957 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2958 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2959 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2960 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2961 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2962 return RHSTy;
2963 }
2964 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2965 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2966 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2967 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2968 return LHSTy;
2969 }
2970
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002971 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2972 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002973 // id with statically typed objects).
2974 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002975 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2976 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2977 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002978 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002979 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002980 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2981 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2982 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002983 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2984 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2985 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2986 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2987 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2988 // cases. Investigate.
2989 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002990 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2991 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002992 return compositeType;
2993 }
2994 }
2995
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002996 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002997 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2998 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002999 return QualType();
3000}
3001
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003002/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003003/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003004Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3005 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3006 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3007 ExprArg RHS) {
3008 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3009 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003010
3011 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3012 // was the condition.
3013 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3014 if (isLHSNull)
3015 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003016
3017 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003018 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3019 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003020 return ExprError();
3021
3022 Cond.release();
3023 LHS.release();
3024 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003025 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003026 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3027 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003028}
3029
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003030
3031// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003033// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3034// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3035// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003036Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003037Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3038 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003039
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003040 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003041 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3042 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003043
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003044 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003045 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3046 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003047
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003048 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049
3050 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3051 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3052 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003053 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003054 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003055 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003056
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003057 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3058 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003059 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003060 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003061 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003062 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003064 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003065 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3066 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003067 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003068
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003069 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003070 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003071 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003072
3073 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003074 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3075 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003076 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003077 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003078 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003079 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3080 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3081 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3082 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3083 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3084 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3085 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3086 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3087 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3088 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3089 }
3090 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3091 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3092 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3093 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3094 }
3095 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3096 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3097 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3098 // warning can be disabled.
3099 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3100 return ConvTy;
3101 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3102 }
3103 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3104 return IncompatiblePointer;
3105 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003106 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107}
3108
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003109/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3110/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3111/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3112// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113Sema::AssignConvertType
3114Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003115 QualType rhsType) {
3116 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003118 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3119 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003120 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3121
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003122 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3123 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3124 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003125
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003126 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003127
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003128 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3129 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3130 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003132 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003133 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003134 return ConvTy;
3135}
3136
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3138/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003139/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3140///
3141/// int a, *pint;
3142/// short *pshort;
3143/// struct foo *pfoo;
3144///
3145/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3146/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3147/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3148/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3149///
3150/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003152///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003153Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003154Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003155 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3156 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003157 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3158 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003159
3160 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003161 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003162
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003163 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3164 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3165 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3166 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3167 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3168 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3169 // type.
3170 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3171 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003172 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003173 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003174 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003175
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003176 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3177 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003178 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003179 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3180 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3181 return IntToPointer;
3182 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3183 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003184 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003185 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003186
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003187 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003188 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003189 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3190 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003191 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003192
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003193 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003194 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003195 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003196 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3197 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003198 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003199 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003200 }
3201 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003202 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003203
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003204 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003205 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003206
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003207 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003208 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003209 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003210
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003211 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003212 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003213
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003214 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003215 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003216 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003217
3218 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3219 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3220 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3221 return Compatible;
3222 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003223 return Incompatible;
3224 }
3225
3226 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3227 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003228 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003229
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003230 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3231 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3232 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3233 return Compatible;
3234
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003235 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3236 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003238 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3239 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003240 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003241 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003242 return Incompatible;
3243 }
3244
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003245 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003246 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003247 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3248 return Compatible;
3249
3250 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003251 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003252
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003254 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003255
3256 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003257 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003258 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003259 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003260 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003261
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003262 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003263 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003264 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003265 }
3266 return Incompatible;
3267}
3268
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003269/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3270/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3271static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3272 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3273 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3274 // of the transparent union.
3275 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3276 &E, 1,
3277 SourceLocation());
3278 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3279 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3280
3281 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3282 // union type from this initializer list.
3283 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3284 false);
3285}
3286
3287Sema::AssignConvertType
3288Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3289 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3290
3291 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3292 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3293 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3294 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3295 return Incompatible;
3296
3297 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3298 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3299 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3300 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3301 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3302 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3303 it != itend; ++it) {
3304 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3305 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3306 // 1) void pointer
3307 // 2) null pointer constant
3308 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3309 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3310 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3311 InitField = *it;
3312 break;
3313 }
3314
3315 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3316 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3317 InitField = *it;
3318 break;
3319 }
3320 }
3321
3322 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3323 == Compatible) {
3324 InitField = *it;
3325 break;
3326 }
3327 }
3328
3329 if (!InitField)
3330 return Incompatible;
3331
3332 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3333 return Compatible;
3334}
3335
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003336Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003337Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003338 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3339 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3340 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3341 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3342 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003343 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3344 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003345 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003346 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003347 }
3348
3349 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3350 // structures.
3351 }
3352
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003353 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3354 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003355 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3356 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003357 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003358 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003359 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003360 return Compatible;
3361 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003363 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003365 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003366 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003367 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003368 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003369 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3370 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003371
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003372 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3373 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003374
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003375 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3376 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003377 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3378 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3379 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3380 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003381 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003382 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003383 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003384}
3385
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003386Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003387Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3388 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3389}
3390
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003391QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003392 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003393 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003394 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003395 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003396}
3397
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003399 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003401 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003402 QualType lhsType =
3403 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3404 QualType rhsType =
3405 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003407 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003408 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003409 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003410
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003411 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3412 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003413 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3414 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3415 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003416 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3417 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003418 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003419 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003420 }
3421 }
3422 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003424 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3425 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003426 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003427 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003428
3429 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003430 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3431 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003432 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003433 return lhsType;
3434 }
3435 }
3436
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003437 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003438 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003439 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003440 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3441
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003443 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3444 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003445 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003446 return rhsType;
3447 }
3448 }
3449
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003450 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003451 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003452 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003453 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003454 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003455}
3456
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003457inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003458 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003459{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003460 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003461 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003463 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003465 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003466 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003467 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003468}
3469
3470inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003471 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003472{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003473 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3474 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3475 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3476 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3477 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003478
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003479 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003481 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003482 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003483 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003484}
3485
3486inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003487 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003488{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003489 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3490 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3491 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3492 return compType;
3493 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003494
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003495 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003496
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003497 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003498 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3499 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3500 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003501 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003502 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003503
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003504 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3505 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3506 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3507 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3508
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003509 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003510 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003511 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3512 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3513 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003514 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3515 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003516 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003517 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003518 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003519
3520 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3521 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3522 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003523 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003524 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3525 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3526 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3527 return QualType();
3528 }
3529
3530 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3531 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3532 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3533 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003534 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003535 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003536 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3537 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003538 return QualType();
3539
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003540 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3541 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3543 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3544 return QualType();
3545 }
3546
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003547 if (CompLHSTy) {
3548 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3549 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3550 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003551 else {
3552 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3553 if (!T.isNull())
3554 LHSTy = T;
3555 }
3556
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003557 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3558 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003559 return PExp->getType();
3560 }
3561 }
3562
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003563 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003564}
3565
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003566// C99 6.5.6
3567QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003568 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3569 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3570 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3571 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3572 return compType;
3573 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003574
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003575 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003577 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003578
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003579 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003580 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3581 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003582 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003583 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003584 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003585
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003586 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3587 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003588 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003589
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003590 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003591
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003592 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3593 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3594 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3595 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3597 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3598 return QualType();
3599 }
3600
3601 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3602 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3603 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003606 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003607 return QualType();
3608 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003609
3610 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3611 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3612 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3613 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3614 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3615 lex->getSourceRange(),
3616 SourceRange(),
3617 lex->getType()))
3618 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003619
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003620 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3621 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3622 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3623 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3624 return QualType();
3625 }
3626
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003627 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003628 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3629 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3631 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3632 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3634 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3635 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3636
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003637 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003638 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003639 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003640
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003641 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3642 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003643 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003644
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003645 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3646 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3647 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3648 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3650 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3651 return QualType();
3652 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003653
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003654 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3655 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3656 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003658 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003659 return QualType();
3660 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003661
3662 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3663 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3664 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3665 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3666 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3667 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3668 rex->getSourceRange(),
3669 SourceRange(),
3670 rex->getType()))
3671 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003673 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003674 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003676 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003677 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003678 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003679 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003680 return QualType();
3681 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003682
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003683 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3684 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3685 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3686 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3687 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3688 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3689 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003690
3691 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003692 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3693 }
3694 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003695
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003696 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003697}
3698
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003699// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003700QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003701 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003702 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3703 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003704 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003706 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3707 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003708 QualType LHSTy;
3709 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3710 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003711 else {
3712 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3713 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3714 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3715 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003716 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003717 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3718
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003719 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003721 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003722 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003723}
3724
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003725// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003726QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003727 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3728 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3729
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003730 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003731 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003732
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003733 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003734 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3735 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3736 else {
3737 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3738 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3739 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003740 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3741 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003742
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003743 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3744 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003745 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3746 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3747 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003748 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3749 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003750 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3751 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3752 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3753 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003754 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3755 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003757
3758 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3759 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3760 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3761 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3762
3763 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3764 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003765 Expr *literalString = 0;
3766 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003767 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003768 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3769 literalString = lex;
3770 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3771 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003772 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3773 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003774 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3775 literalString = rex;
3776 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3777 }
3778
3779 if (literalString) {
3780 std::string resultComparison;
3781 switch (Opc) {
3782 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3783 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3784 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3785 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3786 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3787 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3788 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3789 }
3790 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3791 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3792 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003793 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3794 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3795 "strcmp(")
3796 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3797 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003798 resultComparison);
3799 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003800 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003802 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003803 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003804
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003805 if (isRelational) {
3806 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003807 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003808 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003809 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003810 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003811 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003812 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003813 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003815 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003816 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003817 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003818
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003819 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3820 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003821
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003822 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3823 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3824 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003825 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003826 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003827 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003828 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003829 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003830
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003831 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3832 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3833 return ResultTy;
3834
3835 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3836 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3837 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3838 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3839 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3840 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3841 //
3842 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3843 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003844 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003845 if (T.isNull()) {
3846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3847 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3848 return QualType();
3849 }
3850
3851 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3852 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3853 return ResultTy;
3854 }
3855
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003856 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003857 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3858 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003859 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003860 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003861 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003862 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003863 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003864 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003865 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003866 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003867 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3868 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3869 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3870 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3871 return ResultTy;
3872 }
3873 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3874 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3875 return ResultTy;
3876 }
3877 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3878 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3879 return ResultTy;
3880 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003881 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003882 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003883 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3884 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003885
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003886 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3887 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003889 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003890 }
3891 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003892 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003893 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003894 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003895 if (!isRelational
3896 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3897 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003898 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003899 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3900 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3901 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3902 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3903 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3904 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003905 }
3906 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003907 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003908 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003909
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003910 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003911 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003912 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3913 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003914 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003915 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003916 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003917 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003918
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003919 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3920 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003921 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003922 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003923 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003924 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003925 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003926 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003927 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003928 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003929 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3930 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003931 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003932 } else {
3933 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003934 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003935 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003936 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003937 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003938 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003939 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003940 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003941 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003942 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003943 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003944 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003945 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003946 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003947 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003948 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003949 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003950 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003951 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003952 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003953 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003954 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003955 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003956 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003957 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003958 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
3959 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003960 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003961 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003962 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003963 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
3964 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003965 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003966 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003967 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003968 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003969}
3970
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003971/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003972/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003973/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3974/// types.
3975QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003976 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003977 bool isRelational) {
3978 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3979 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003980 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003981 if (vType.isNull())
3982 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003983
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003984 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3985 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003986
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003987 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3988 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3989 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3990 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3991 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3992 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3993 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003994 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003995 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003996
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003997 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3998 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3999 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004000 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004001 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004002
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004003 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4004 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4005 if (1) {
4006 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4007 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4008 return QualType();
4009 }
4010
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004011 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4012 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4013 // elements for floating point vectors.
4014 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4015 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004017 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004018 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004019 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004020 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004021 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004022 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4023
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004024 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004025 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004026 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4027}
4028
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004029inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004030 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004031{
4032 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004033 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004034
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004035 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004037 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004038 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004039 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004040}
4041
4042inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004043 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004044{
4045 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4046 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004048 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004049 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004050 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004051}
4052
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004053/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4054/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4055/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4056///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004058{
4059 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4060 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4061 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4062 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4063 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004064 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004065 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4066 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4067 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4068 return true;
4069 }
4070 }
4071 return false;
4072}
4073
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004074/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4075/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4076static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004077 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4078 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4079 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004080 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4081 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004082 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4083 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004084
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004085 unsigned Diag = 0;
4086 bool NeedType = false;
4087 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4088 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4089 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004090 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004091 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4092 NeedType = true;
4093 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004095 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4096 NeedType = true;
4097 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004098 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004099 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4100 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004101 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004102 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4103 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004104 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4105 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004106 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004107 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4108 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004109 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004110 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4111 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004112 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004113 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4114 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004115 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4116 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4117 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004118 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4119 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4120 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004121 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004122
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004123 SourceRange Assign;
4124 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4125 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004126 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004127 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004128 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004129 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004130 return true;
4131}
4132
4133
4134
4135// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004136QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4137 SourceLocation Loc,
4138 QualType CompoundType) {
4139 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4140 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004141 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004142
4143 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4144 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004146 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004147 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004148 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004149 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004150 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4151 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4152 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4153 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4154 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4155 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4156 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004157
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004158 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4159 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4160 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004161 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004162 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4163 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4164 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4165 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4166 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004167 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004168 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004169 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4170 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4171 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004172 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4173 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004174 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4175 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4176 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004177 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004178 }
4179 } else {
4180 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004181 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004182 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004183
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004184 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4185 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004186 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004187
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004188 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4189 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004190 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004191 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4192 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004193 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004194 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004195 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004196}
4197
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004198// C99 6.5.17
4199QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004200 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004201 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004202
4203 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4204 // incomplete in C++).
4205
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004206 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004207}
4208
4209/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4210/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004211QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4212 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004213 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4214 return Context.DependentTy;
4215
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004216 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4217 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004218
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4220 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4221 if (!isInc) {
4222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4223 return QualType();
4224 }
4225 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4226 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4227 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004228 // OK!
4229 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4230 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004231 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004232 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4233 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4234 << Op->getSourceRange();
4235 return QualType();
4236 }
4237
4238 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004239 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004240 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004241 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4243 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4244 return QualType();
4245 }
4246
4247 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004248 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004249 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4250 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4251 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4252 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004253 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004254 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4255 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004257 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004258 } else {
4259 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004260 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004261 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004262 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004264 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004265 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004266 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004267 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004268}
4269
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004270/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004271/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004272/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4273/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4274/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4275/// - &(x) => x
4276/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4277/// - &s.xx => s
4278/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4279/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4280/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4281/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004282static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004283 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004284 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004285 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004286 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004287 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004288 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4289 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4290 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004291 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004292 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004293 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004294 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004295 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004296 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4297 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4298 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4299 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4300 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4301 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4302 }
4303 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004304 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004305 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4306 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004308 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004309 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4310 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4311 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4312 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4313 default:
4314 return 0;
4315 }
4316 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004317 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004318 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004319 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004320 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4321 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004322 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004323 default:
4324 return 0;
4325 }
4326}
4327
4328/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004330/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004332/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004333/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004334/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004335QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004336 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4337 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4338
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004339 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4340 return Context.DependentTy;
4341
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004342 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4343 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4344 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4345 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4346 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4347 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4348 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4349 }
4350 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4351 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4352 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004353 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004354 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004355
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004356 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004357 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmane7e4dac2009-05-03 22:36:05 +00004358 if (op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
4359 // Function designator is valid
4360 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void)
4362 << op->getSourceRange();
4363 } else {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004364 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004365 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4366 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004367 return QualType();
4368 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004369 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004370 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4371 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4372 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004373 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004374 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4375 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004376 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004377 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004378 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004379 return QualType();
4380 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004382 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4383 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4384 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004385 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4386 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004387 return QualType();
4388 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004389 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004390 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004391 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4392 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004393 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4394 // scope qualifier for the class.
4395 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4396 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4397 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4398 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4399 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4400 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004401 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4402 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004403 // As above.
4404 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4405 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4406 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4407 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4408 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4409 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004410 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004411 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004412 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004413 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004414
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004415 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4416 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4417}
4418
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004419QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004420 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4421 return Context.DependentTy;
4422
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004423 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4424 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004426 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4427 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4428 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4429 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4430 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004431 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004433 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004434 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004435 return QualType();
4436}
4437
4438static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4439 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4440 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4441 switch (Kind) {
4442 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004443 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4444 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004445 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4446 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4447 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4448 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4449 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4450 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4451 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4452 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4453 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4454 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4455 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4456 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4457 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4458 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4459 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4460 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4461 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4462 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4463 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4464 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4465 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4466 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4467 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4468 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4469 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4470 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4471 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4472 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4473 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4474 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4475 }
4476 return Opc;
4477}
4478
4479static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4480 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4481 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4482 switch (Kind) {
4483 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4484 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4485 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4486 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4487 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4488 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4489 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4490 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4491 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004492 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4493 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4494 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4495 }
4496 return Opc;
4497}
4498
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004499/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4500/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4501/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004502Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4503 unsigned Op,
4504 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004505 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004506 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004507 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4508 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4509 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004510
4511 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004512 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4513 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4514 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004515 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4516 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4517 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4518 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4519 break;
4520 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004521 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4522 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4523 break;
4524 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4525 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4526 break;
4527 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4528 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4529 break;
4530 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4531 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4532 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004533 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004534 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4535 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4536 break;
4537 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4538 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4539 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4540 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004541 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004542 break;
4543 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4544 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004545 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004546 break;
4547 case BinaryOperator::And:
4548 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4549 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4550 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4551 break;
4552 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4553 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4554 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4555 break;
4556 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4557 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004558 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4559 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4560 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4561 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004562 break;
4563 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004564 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4565 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4566 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4567 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004568 break;
4569 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004570 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4571 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4572 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004573 break;
4574 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004575 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4576 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4577 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004578 break;
4579 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4580 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004581 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4582 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4583 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4584 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004585 break;
4586 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4587 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4588 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004589 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4590 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4591 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4592 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004593 break;
4594 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4595 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4596 break;
4597 }
4598 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004599 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004600 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004601 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4602 else
4603 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004604 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4605 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004606}
4607
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004608// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004609Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4610 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4611 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004612 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004613 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004614
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004615 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4616 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004617
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004618 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4619 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4620 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4621 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4622 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4623 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4624 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004625 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004626 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4627 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4628 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4629 Functions);
4630 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4631 DeclarationName OpName
4632 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4633 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004634 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004635
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004636 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4637 // binary operation.
4638 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004639 }
4640
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004641 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4642 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004643}
4644
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004645Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4646 unsigned OpcIn,
4647 ExprArg InputArg) {
4648 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004649
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004650 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4651 // appropriately.
4652 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004653 QualType resultType;
4654 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004655 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4656 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4657 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4658 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4659 break;
4660
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004661 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4662 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004663 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4664 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004665 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004666 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004667 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4668 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004670 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004671 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4672 break;
4673 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4674 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4675 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4676 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004677 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4678 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004679 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4680 break;
4681 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4682 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4683 break;
4684 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4685 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4686 resultType->isPointerType())
4687 break;
4688
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004689 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4690 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004691 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4692 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4693 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004694 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4695 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004696 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4697 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4698 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004699 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004700 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004701 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004702 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4703 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004704 break;
4705 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4706 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4707 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4708 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004709 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4710 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004711 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004712 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4713 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004714 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004715 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4716 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004717 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004718 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004719 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004720 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004721 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004722 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004723 resultType = Input->getType();
4724 break;
4725 }
4726 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004727 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004728
4729 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004730 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004731}
4732
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004733// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4734Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4735 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4736 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4737 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4738
4739 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4740 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4741 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4742 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4743 // the arguments.
4744 FunctionSet Functions;
4745 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4746 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4747 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4748 Functions);
4749 DeclarationName OpName
4750 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4751 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4752 }
4753
4754 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4755 }
4756
4757 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4758}
4759
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004760/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004761Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4762 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4763 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004764 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004765 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004766
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004767 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4768 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004769 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004770 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004771
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004772 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004773 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4774 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004775}
4776
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004777Sema::OwningExprResult
4778Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4779 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4780 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004781 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4782 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4783
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004784 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004785 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004786 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004787
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004788 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4789 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4790 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004791
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004792 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4793 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4794 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004795
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004796 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4797 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4798 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4799 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4800 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004801
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004802 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004803 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004804 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004805
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004806 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4807 // expressions are not lvalues.
4808
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004809 substmt.release();
4810 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004812
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004813Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4814 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4815 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4816 TypeTy *argty,
4817 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4818 unsigned NumComponents,
4819 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4820 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4821 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004822 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4823 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004824
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004825 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4826
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004827 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4828 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4829 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004830 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004831 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004832
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004833 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4834 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004835
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004836 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4837 // the offsetof designators.
4838 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4839 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004840 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004841 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004842
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004843 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4844 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004845 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4846 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004847 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004848 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4849 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004850
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004851 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004852 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004853
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004854 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4855 // leaks like a sieve.
4856 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4857 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4858 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4859 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4860 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4861 if (!AT) {
4862 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004863 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4864 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004865 }
4866
4867 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4868
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004869 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4870 // expression.
4871 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4872
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004873 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4874 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004875 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004876 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004877 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004878 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004879 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004880
4881 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4882 OC.LocEnd);
4883 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004884 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004885
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004886 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4887 if (!RC) {
4888 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004889 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4890 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004891 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004892
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004893 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4894 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004895 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004896 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004897 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4898 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4899 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004900 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4901 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004902 }
4903
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004904 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4905 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4906 LookupMemberName)
4907 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004908 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004909 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004910 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4911 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004913 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4914 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004915 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004916 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4917 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004918 } else {
4919 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4920 // doesn't matter here.
4921 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4922 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4923 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004924 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004925 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004926
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004927 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4928 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004929}
4930
4931
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004932Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4933 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4934 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004935 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4936 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004937
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004938 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004939
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004940 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4941 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004942}
4943
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004944Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4945 ExprArg cond,
4946 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4947 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4948 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4949 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4950 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004951
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004952 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4953
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004954 QualType resType;
4955 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4956 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4957 } else {
4958 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4959 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4960 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4961 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004962 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4963 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4964 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004965
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004966 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4967 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4968 }
4969
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004970 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4971 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4972 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004973}
4974
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4976// Clang Extensions.
4977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4978
4979/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004980void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004981 // Analyze block parameters.
4982 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004983
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004984 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4985 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4986 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004987
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004988 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4989 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004990 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004991 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4992 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004993
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004994 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004995 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004996}
4997
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004998void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004999 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005000
Mike Stump9e439c92009-04-29 21:40:37 +00005001 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
5002
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005003 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5004 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
5005 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5006
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005007 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5008 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5009 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5010 return;
5011 }
5012
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005013 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5014 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5015 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5016
5017 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5018 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005019
5020 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5021
5022 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5023 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5024 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5025 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5026 return;
5027 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005028 return;
5029 }
5030
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005031 // Analyze arguments to block.
5032 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5033 "Not a function declarator!");
5034 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005035
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005036 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5037 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005038
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005039 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5040 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5041 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5042 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005043 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5044 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005045 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005046 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005047 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5048 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005049 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005050 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005051 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00005052 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005053 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005054
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005055 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5056 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5057 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5058 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5059 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005060
5061 // Analyze the return type.
5062 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5063 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5064
5065 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5066 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5067 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5068 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5069 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5070 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005071}
5072
5073/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5074/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5075void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5076 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5077 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005078
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005079 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5080
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005081 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005082 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005083 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005084 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005085}
5086
5087/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5088/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005089Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5090 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005091 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5092 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5093 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5094
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005095 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5096 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005097
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005098 PopDeclContext();
5099
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005100 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5101 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005102
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005103 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5104 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5105 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005106
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005107 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5108 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5109 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005110
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005111 QualType BlockTy;
5112 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005113 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005114 else
5115 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005116 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005117
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005118 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5119
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005120 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005121
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005122 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5123 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5124 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5125 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5126
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005127 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005128 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5129 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005130}
5131
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005132Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5133 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5134 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005135 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005136 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5137 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5138
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005139 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005140
5141 // Get the va_list type
5142 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5143 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5144 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5145 // a pointer for va_arg.
5146 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
5147 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00005148 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5149 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005150
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00005151 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005152 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5153 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005154 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005155 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005156
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005157 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005158 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005159
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005160 expr.release();
5161 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5162 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005163}
5164
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005165Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005166 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5167 // pointers on the target.
5168 QualType Ty;
5169 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5170 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5171 else
5172 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5173
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005174 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005175}
5176
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005177bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5178 SourceLocation Loc,
5179 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5180 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5181 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5182 bool isInvalid = false;
5183 unsigned DiagKind;
5184 switch (ConvTy) {
5185 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5186 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005187 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005188 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5189 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005190 case IntToPointer:
5191 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5192 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005193 case IncompatiblePointer:
5194 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5195 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005196 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5197 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5198 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005199 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5200 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5201 break;
5202 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005203 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5204 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5205 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5206 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5207 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5208 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5209 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5210 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5211 // C++ semantics.
5212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5213 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5214 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005215 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5216 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005217 case IntToBlockPointer:
5218 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5219 break;
5220 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005221 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005222 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005223 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005224 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005225 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5226 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5227 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005228 case IncompatibleVectors:
5229 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5230 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005231 case Incompatible:
5232 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5233 isInvalid = true;
5234 break;
5235 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005236
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005237 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5238 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005239 return isInvalid;
5240}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005241
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005242bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005243 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5244 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5245 if (Result)
5246 *Result = ICEResult;
5247 return false;
5248 }
5249
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005250 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5251
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005253 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5254 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5255
5256 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5257 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5258 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5259 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5260 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5261 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5262 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005263
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005264 return true;
5265 }
5266
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005267 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5268 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005269
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005270 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5271 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5272 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005273
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005274 if (Result)
5275 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5276 return false;
5277}